From 817e4a045548d20e2af11de7bcb7669388852f33 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Thu, 19 Mar 2020 13:05:28 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] update 13.0 source terms --- .tx/config | 10 + locale/sources/accounting.pot | 3841 +++++++++++++++------------ locale/sources/crm.pot | 52 +- locale/sources/discuss.pot | 18 +- locale/sources/ecommerce.pot | 4 +- locale/sources/expense.pot | 4 +- locale/sources/fsm.pot | 440 +-- locale/sources/general.pot | 64 +- locale/sources/helpdesk.pot | 64 +- locale/sources/inventory.pot | 346 ++- locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot | 16 +- locale/sources/purchase.pot | 16 +- locale/sources/sales.pot | 61 +- locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot | 430 +-- locale/sources/social_marketing.pot | 252 +- locale/sources/support.pot | 190 +- locale/sources/website.pot | 184 +- 17 files changed, 3311 insertions(+), 2681 deletions(-) diff --git a/.tx/config b/.tx/config index aa7177100..861bda4db 100644 --- a/.tx/config +++ b/.tx/config @@ -32,6 +32,11 @@ file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po source_file = locale/sources/ecommerce.pot source_lang = en +[odoo-13-doc.email_marketing] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +source_file = locale/sources/email_marketing.pot +source_lang = en + [odoo-13-doc.expense] file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/expense.po source_file = locale/sources/expense.pot @@ -82,6 +87,11 @@ file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po source_file = locale/sources/mobile.pot source_lang = en +[odoo-13-doc.marketing_automation] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +source_file = locale/sources/marketing_automation.pot +source_lang = en + [odoo-13-doc.manufacturing] file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po source_file = locale/sources/manufacturing.pot diff --git a/locale/sources/accounting.pot b/locale/sources/accounting.pot index 49125c575..4faac3126 100644 --- a/locale/sources/accounting.pot +++ b/locale/sources/accounting.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../accounting.rst:5 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -29,6 +29,103 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on *Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount. If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" @@ -66,29 +163,24 @@ msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 @@ -96,8 +188,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 @@ -159,7 +250,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" @@ -232,241 +323,15 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in the *Developer Mode*." +msgid "You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`General Settings`, click on *Activate developer mode*, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, then open the Institution you want to edit, and click on *Update Credentials*." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 +msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on *Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "Test now the feature :download:`with this sample CODA file <../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:21 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:23 -msgid "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can move directly to the next section :ref:`Import your first coda file `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:28 -msgid "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:34 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:36 -msgid "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting **Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:44 -msgid "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:56 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:58 -msgid "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:66 -msgid "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:73 -msgid "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link will be found underneath." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button |manual04|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:67 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:70 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:72 -msgid "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:77 -msgid "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:83 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:85 -msgid "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:91 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:14 -msgid "Test now the feature :download:`with this sample OFX file <../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo. In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 @@ -529,38 +394,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:15 -msgid "Test now the feature :download:`with this sample QIF file <../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo. In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 @@ -814,6 +647,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" @@ -867,16 +712,11 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" @@ -1016,19 +856,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank accounts from another company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action menu" msgstr "" @@ -1164,50 +1000,868 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to :menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date, and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of 10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates, or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€, from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use cases. To define fiscal positions, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes, just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the 2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes: value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module **account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most localizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the **government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group (normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check *Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included (B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see :doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose **Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" @@ -1216,13 +1870,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Argentina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" @@ -1235,361 +1882,715 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. `Get AFIP Certificate `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential for most transactions. There are six identification types available by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "The information required for the document types is included by default so the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\" must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 msgid "Journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:175 -msgid "AFIP Information (better known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the WS." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types (applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:198 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:206 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:232 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally 10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº 19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty (false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:267 -msgid "Based on the sales journal selected for the invoice, the document type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if necessary." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:282 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" @@ -1691,7 +2692,7 @@ msgid "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options t msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 -msgid "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> Journals`." +msgid "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 @@ -2141,7 +3142,7 @@ msgid "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `he msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgid "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 @@ -2229,42 +3230,42 @@ msgid "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +msgid "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "You will find more information about this legislation in the official documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "`Frequently Asked Questions `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "`Official Statement `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 `_" msgstr "" @@ -2300,11 +3301,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "" @@ -2517,560 +3521,560 @@ msgid "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only ava msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" +msgid "Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the 3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field \"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables `Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the \"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the \"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term ``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it (this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties (DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:449 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with **Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 -msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with debug mode enabled)." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:657 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:659 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and used on the invoice." msgstr "" @@ -3581,110 +4585,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date, and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" @@ -4080,26 +4980,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" @@ -4416,158 +5296,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:71 -msgid "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:73 -msgid "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:84 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" @@ -5137,10 +5865,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." @@ -5241,98 +5965,94 @@ msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the **developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +msgid "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a **sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 msgid "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 msgid "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable (``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr "" @@ -5528,654 +6248,291 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of 10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates, or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€, from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use cases. To define fiscal positions, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes, just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the 2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes: value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module **account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the **government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group (normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check *Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included (B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see :doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose **Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number, in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of :ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses ` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues ` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts. By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the *Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "" @@ -6456,10 +6813,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment, an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to an other account (debit)." msgstr "" @@ -6470,6 +6823,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "" @@ -6589,10 +6943,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -6606,10 +6957,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -6631,12 +6979,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "" @@ -6737,10 +7079,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -6752,12 +7091,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 @@ -7572,63 +7907,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to **Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:73 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link \"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2 weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so, use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the **Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" @@ -8099,7 +8426,7 @@ msgid "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 -msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." +msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 @@ -8132,12 +8459,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" @@ -8151,9 +8472,9 @@ msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Accoun msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 @@ -8314,7 +8635,7 @@ msgid "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expens msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 -msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." +msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 @@ -8329,27 +8650,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see: `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" @@ -8917,31 +9238,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see: `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) `_" msgstr "" @@ -9005,114 +9326,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:14 -msgid "Payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:21 -msgid "Configure your usual installment plans from the application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:24 -msgid "A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within 3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:34 -msgid "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:46 -msgid "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:49 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:78 -msgid "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different du dates. To get the customer statement, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "" @@ -9286,69 +9499,249 @@ msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier bills." +msgid "**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 -msgid "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment term but invoice conditions." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that appear on the invoice or the sale order." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 -msgid "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within 3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly 100%)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing installment plans." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +msgid "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and *Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 -msgid "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce this journal entry:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 -msgid "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the *Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +msgid "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgid "In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 -msgid "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact due date for all installments will be automatically created." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +msgid "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct *Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post* under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "Click `here `_ to know about our *Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/crm.pot b/locale/sources/crm.pot index a9f069f0a..94d037646 100644 --- a/locale/sources/crm.pot +++ b/locale/sources/crm.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" @@ -207,6 +208,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "" @@ -450,6 +452,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here `_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/discuss.pot b/locale/sources/discuss.pot index 0fe8f8e96..e5a8e0b73 100644 --- a/locale/sources/discuss.pot +++ b/locale/sources/discuss.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -196,16 +196,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +msgid "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176 -msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot b/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot index 18df7b9b1..62270e3bf 100644 --- a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot +++ b/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgid "How to:" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgid "Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 diff --git a/locale/sources/expense.pot b/locale/sources/expense.pot index df376af2a..ae40da73f 100644 --- a/locale/sources/expense.pot +++ b/locale/sources/expense.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ msgid "Cost: 0.0" msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: :doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected behaviour." +msgid "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: :doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 diff --git a/locale/sources/fsm.pot b/locale/sources/fsm.pot index e165e3ea5..5a520daa6 100644 --- a/locale/sources/fsm.pot +++ b/locale/sources/fsm.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,250 +20,266 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Field Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Create quotations from tasks" +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4 -msgid "Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow easy for employees." +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Enable the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9 -msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16 -msgid "Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra Quotations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21 -msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3 -msgid "Customize worksheet reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4 -msgid "Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable :menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18 -msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19 -msgid "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on *Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27 -msgid "With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an overview of the work done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30 -msgid "*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38 -msgid "`Studio Basics `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4 -msgid "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will be charged for the exact right hours and material used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9 -msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10 -msgid "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and *Resume* when you would like to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17 -msgid "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and add a description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24 -msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25 -msgid "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31 -msgid "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34 -msgid "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37 -msgid "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42 -msgid "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52 -msgid "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to :menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3 -msgid "Keeping track of stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4 -msgid "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8 -msgid "Set up your Field Service project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15 -msgid "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 -msgid "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between employees schedules and interventions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 -msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 -msgid "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days in your Gantt view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 -msgid "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 -msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 -msgid "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an existing one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 -msgid "Unassigned tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 -msgid "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 -msgid "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and dynamic database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 -msgid "One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan field services tasks from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3 -msgid "Planning an itinerary" +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and *Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to :menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and the workload more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best route." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view without a Mapbox account." msgstr "" +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable :menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on *Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 605f2e716..4d56a78ff 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -517,6 +517,66 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" @@ -546,7 +606,7 @@ msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 -msgid "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Activate the Developer Mode --> Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgid "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 diff --git a/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot b/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot index cd6581552..c3675b5af 100644 --- a/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot +++ b/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -169,126 +169,126 @@ msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on the lower right-hand side." +msgid "First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams allowing for customizable stages for each team!" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 msgid "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "Website Form allows your customer to go to yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website form - much like odoo.com/help!" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 msgid "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the documentation `here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:90 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:92 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:100 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 msgid "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:103 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 msgid "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:107 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:109 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the Kanban view or on the ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:116 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first activate the setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:122 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:124 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:136 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:138 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:140 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:142 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the Ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:149 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:151 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the timesheets will log against." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:158 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:164 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:168 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:175 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send an email to the customer asking how their service went." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory.pot b/locale/sources/inventory.pot index 8095f7d73..f5a097cfb 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 -msgid "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgid "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 @@ -1931,10 +1931,10 @@ msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgid "To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" @@ -2556,306 +2556,306 @@ msgid "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on y msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 -msgid "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the developer mode and open your accounting settings." +msgid "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting postings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289 -msgid "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -msgid "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 +msgid "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 -msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 -msgid "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 +msgid "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te **Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing inventory value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form as a specific replacement value" msgstr "" @@ -3368,28 +3368,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr "" @@ -3426,31 +3422,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the quality control location move to the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are waiting." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to the main stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot b/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot index 3df8fc5da..293f2a804 100644 --- a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot +++ b/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -140,26 +140,26 @@ msgid "To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercur msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer mode*." +msgid "To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 +msgid "Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then select your Mercury credentials that you just created." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/purchase.pot b/locale/sources/purchase.pot index c77d09191..9e8735a6e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/purchase.pot +++ b/locale/sources/purchase.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -529,27 +529,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or **Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this supplier or enter a new one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on **Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 62ed14040..7477f873d 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -271,70 +271,70 @@ msgid "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 -msgid "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and save." +msgid "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 -msgid "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to **Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of your account." msgstr "" @@ -383,18 +383,18 @@ msgid "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 -msgid "To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgid "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`" +msgid "Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 @@ -589,7 +589,6 @@ msgid "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to :menus msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" @@ -760,7 +759,7 @@ msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 -msgid "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select the subscription product your previously created." +msgid "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 @@ -823,6 +822,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" @@ -1672,7 +1675,7 @@ msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 diff --git a/locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot b/locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot index 1c8618a96..765e80ebb 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,355 +20,407 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: :doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`. I’ll choose a name for my *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 +msgid "Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 -msgid "Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that specific list." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 +msgid "Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that specific list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient (whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 -msgid "This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 +msgid "This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the ability to better understand them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 -msgid "If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in my database. For that, I’ll go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> Import`." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 -msgid "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing app isn’t different!" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +msgid "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:16 -msgid "Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email marketing ones." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +msgid "Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and your email marketing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:21 -msgid "This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my kanban view to better organize the work being done." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +msgid "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in your kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:28 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to :menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send SMS`." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +msgid "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:41 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to :menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:42 -msgid "To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the *developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to :menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates` and create the content I need." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to :menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra notable integrations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:65 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +msgid "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 -msgid "**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:14 -msgid "To buy credits I will go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits` (under *Send SMS*); or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services` (under *Odoo IAP*)." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message, that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:27 -msgid "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:35 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:41 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:43 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:45 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:47 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 -msgid "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode --> Technical --> SMS`." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:65 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:72 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:76 -msgid "Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:79 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:81 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:83 -msgid "*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:89 -msgid "*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message represents." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/social_marketing.pot b/locale/sources/social_marketing.pot index 648e86ff7..3e418d131 100644 --- a/locale/sources/social_marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/social_marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17,95 +17,257 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 -msgid "One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 -msgid "You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to Odoo Social Marketing application." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 -msgid "Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you like." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 +msgid "As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 -msgid "Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 +msgid "*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 +msgid "*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 +msgid "*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:34 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, Retweet,..)" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the *Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 -msgid "You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*, *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your :ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option *Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on *Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 -msgid "To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview of how it will look when published." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 +msgid "Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 -msgid "If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the previous paragraph." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 -msgid "The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the notifications permission request." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 -msgid "Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your Homepage)." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 +msgid "Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 -msgid "You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 +msgid "Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 -msgid "By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate the developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enter your own API keys." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 -msgid "By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 +msgid "Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 +msgid "In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 +msgid "Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 +msgid "Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* (e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/support.pot b/locale/sources/support.pot index 63e45ca43..f5261c5ec 100644 --- a/locale/sources/support.pot +++ b/locale/sources/support.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -244,194 +244,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub account `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Pick a page in our :doc:`user documentation <../index>`. **Please take care of selecting the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:21 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:27 -msgid "If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork repository**, otherwise you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:29 -msgid "Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax called `RST `_. Don't worry, it's not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:37 -msgid "Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:43 -msgid "In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:52 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:53 -msgid "Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:56 -msgid "There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:58 -msgid "If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:75 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:80 -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:86 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:81 -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:87 -msgid "List" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91 -msgid "This is `a hyper link `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91 -msgid "Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:99 -msgid "There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation `_ of RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:111 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:113 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:114 -msgid "Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:116 -msgid "Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:118 -msgid "Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:119 -msgid "When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:127 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:137 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:139 -msgid "Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone the `GitHub repository `_. Then submit a pull request with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:142 -msgid "See our `README `_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:147 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 -msgid "Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside `the source code of Odoo `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:152 -msgid "User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/website.pot b/locale/sources/website.pot index 90bb69e60..22a759391 100644 --- a/locale/sources/website.pot +++ b/locale/sources/website.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ msgid "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, resul msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." +msgid "If you work on :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ msgid "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is n msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 -msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 @@ -1121,201 +1121,281 @@ msgid "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or u msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 -msgid "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library." +msgid "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website. You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website (products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website. You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create additional pricelists. See :doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if *Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Download the `GeoLite2 City database `_. You should end up with a file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "`CLI documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See `--proxy-mode `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr ""